]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
Turn HARD_REGNO_NREGS into a target hook
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
cbe34bb5 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
417ca011
TD
291DEFHOOK
292(print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294@var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298@code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
38f8b050
JR
302/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303DEFHOOK
304(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
42776416
RS
309local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310code should be output.\n\
673c2f63
JM
311\n\
312The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314\n\
315@findex regs_ever_live\n\
316To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322\n\
323On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327registers are used in the function.\n\
328\n\
329@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336\n\
337The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
42776416 347 void, (FILE *file),
38f8b050
JR
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351DEFHOOK
352(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361DEFHOOK
362(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371DEFHOOK
372(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
42776416 377same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
673c2f63
JM
378registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380\n\
381On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385\n\
386Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392\n\
393On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399\n\
400Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404\n\
405On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408number of arguments.\n\
409\n\
410@findex pops_args\n\
411@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
42776416 417 void, (FILE *file),
38f8b050
JR
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421DEFHOOK
422(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425of its own that you need to create.\n\
426\n\
427GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429described below.",
38f8b050
JR
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436DEFHOOK
437(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
0ee70cc0
AV
446/* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448DEFHOOK
449(elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452@code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
759a6472
AV
455@var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458is emitted.",
0ee70cc0 459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
bf072854 460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
0ee70cc0 461
f16d3f39
JH
462/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476(from static destructors).\n\
477Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
14d11d40
IS
481/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482DEFHOOK
483(function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
38f8b050
JR
492/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496DEFHOOK
497(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502\n\
503The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514DEFHOOK
515(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522\n\
523The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525\n\
526See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532DEFHOOK
533(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538in bits.\n\
539\n\
540The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548DEFHOOK
549(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554\n\
555The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563DEFHOOK
564(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
573
727a65e6
BS
574/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576DEFHOOKPOD
577(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
582
50b0b78a
IS
583/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584DEFHOOK
585(tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
589
38f8b050
JR
590/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591DEFHOOK
592(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
595\n\
596Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
600\n\
601If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
606
607/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608DEFHOOK
609(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
613
614/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619DEFHOOK
620(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625the real function.\n\
626\n\
627First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632all other incoming arguments.\n\
633\n\
634Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
637\n\
638@smallexample\n\
639p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640@end smallexample\n\
641\n\
642After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
646\n\
647The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
651\n\
652The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654some targets, but probably not.\n\
655\n\
656If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
663
664/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670DEFHOOK
671(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
680
681/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683DEFHOOK
684(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
693
694/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695DEFHOOK
696(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704DEFHOOK
705(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714DEFHOOK
715(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
721
722/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724DEFHOOK
725(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736DEFHOOK
737(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
743
744/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746DEFHOOK
747(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
753
754/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755DEFHOOK
756(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760It can take the following values:\n\
761\n\
762@table @gcctabopt\n\
763@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
765\n\
766@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771various different individual optimization passes.\n\
772\n\
773@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782switches.\n\
783\n\
784@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
786\n\
787@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789@end table\n\
790\n\
791The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792supported in the future.\n\
793\n\
794By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799hook.",
38f8b050
JR
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
802
803/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807DEFHOOKPOD
808(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811hook.",
38f8b050
JR
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
813
814/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815DEFHOOK
816(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
821\n\
822If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
828
a8781821
SB
829DEFHOOK
830(output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
837
38f8b050
JR
838/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839DEFHOOK
840(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
845
846/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847DEFHOOK
848(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851if necessary.\n\
852\n\
853Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
860 NULL)
861
862/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863DEFHOOK
864(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
869\n\
870If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
876
b5f5d41d
AS
877DEFHOOK
878(output_source_filename,
879 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
880 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
881 stream @var{file}.\n\
882 \n\
883 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
884 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
885 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
886 default_asm_output_source_filename)
887
6cbd8875
AS
888DEFHOOK
889(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
890 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
891can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
892the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
893@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
894\n\
895If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
896so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
897itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
898return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 899 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 900 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 901
38f8b050
JR
902/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
903 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
904 initializers. */
905#undef HOOK_PREFIX
906#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
907
908/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
909/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
910 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
911DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912(print_operand,
913 "",
914 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
915 default_print_operand)
916
917/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
918/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
919 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
920DEFHOOK_UNDOC
921(print_operand_address,
922 "",
cc8ca59e 923 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
38f8b050
JR
924 default_print_operand_address)
925
926/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
927 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
928/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
929 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
930DEFHOOK_UNDOC
931(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
932 "",
933 bool ,(unsigned char code),
934 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
935
77754180
DK
936/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
938DEFHOOK
939(mangle_assembler_name,
940 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
941 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
942 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
943 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
944 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
945 tree, (const char *name),
946 default_mangle_assembler_name)
947
38f8b050
JR
948HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
949
950/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
951 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
952#undef HOOK_PREFIX
953#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
954HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
955
956/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
957 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
958 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
959DEFHOOK
960(adjust_cost,
673c2f63 961 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
b505225b
TS
962relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
963dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
964value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
965used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
966description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
967as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
673c2f63
JM
968description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
969output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
970times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
971acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
972@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
b505225b
TS
973 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
974 unsigned int dw),
975 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
976
977/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
978DEFHOOK
979(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
980 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
981@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
982execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
983later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
984scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 985 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
986
987/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
988 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
989 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
990DEFHOOK
991(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
992 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
993issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
994Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
995an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
996constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
997hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
998This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
999it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1000@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 int, (void), NULL)
1002
1003/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1004 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1005DEFHOOK
1006(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
1007 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1008from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1009still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1010@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1011@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1012You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1013than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1014@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1015debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1016@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1017was scheduled.",
ac44248e 1018 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1019
1020/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1021DEFHOOK
1022(init,
673c2f63
JM
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1024instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1025pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1026is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1027@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1028region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1029scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1031
1032/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1036instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1037cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1038is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1039to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1042
1043 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1044DEFHOOK
1045(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1047@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1048@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1049@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1050 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1051
1052/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1053DEFHOOK
1054(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1055 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1056@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1057@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1058 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1059
1060/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1061 places. Default does nothing. */
1062DEFHOOK
1063(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1064 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1065list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1066combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1067@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1068debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1069@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1070list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1071a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1072reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1073@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1074is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1075the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1076can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1077@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1078 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1079
1080DEFHOOK
1081(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1082 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1083function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1084is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1085@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1086return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1087this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1088scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1089cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1090 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1091
0dc41f28
WM
1092DEFHOOK
1093(macro_fusion_p,
1094 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1095 bool, (void), NULL)
1096
1097DEFHOOK
1098(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1099 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1100a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1101(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1102group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1103two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1104validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1105 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1106
38f8b050
JR
1107/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1108 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1109 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1110DEFHOOK
1111(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1112 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1113chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1114correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1115example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1116analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1117dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1118calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1119 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1120
1121/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1122 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1123 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1124 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1125 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1126 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1127 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1128 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1129 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1130
1131DEFHOOK
1132(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1133 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1134 void, (void), NULL)
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1139pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1140when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1141simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1142processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1143based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1144when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1145 rtx, (void), NULL)
1146
1147DEFHOOK
1148(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1149 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1150used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1151 void, (void), NULL)
1152
1153DEFHOOK
1154(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1155 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1156to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1157simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1158 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1159
1160/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1161 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1162 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1163 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1164
1165DEFHOOK
1166(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1167 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1168The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1169to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1170state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1171 void, (void), NULL)
1172
1173DEFHOOK
1174(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1175 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1176The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1177to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1178state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1179 void, (void), NULL)
1180
1181/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1182 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1183 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1184 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1185 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1186 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1187 insns on the same cycle. */
1188DEFHOOK
1189(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1190 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1191for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1192chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1193value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1194@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1195subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1196maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1197@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1198packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1199rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1200\n\
1201This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1202processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1203with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1204@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1205@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1206processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1207@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1208until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1209the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1210\n\
1211Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1212pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1213schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1214\n\
1215The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1216 int, (void), NULL)
1217
1218/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1219 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1220 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1221 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1222DEFHOOK
1223(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1224 "\n\
1225This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1226considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1227zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1228Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1229the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1230Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1231number of cycles.\n\
1232Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1233instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1234to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1235\n\
1236The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1237 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1238
894fd6f2
MK
1239/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1240 scheduling.
1241 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1242 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1243 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1244 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1245 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1246 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1247 scheduling on current cycle. */
1248DEFHOOK
1249(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1250 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1251scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1252 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1253 NULL)
1254
1255/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1256 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1257 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1258 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1259 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1260 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1261 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1262 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1263 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1264 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1267 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1268 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1269 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1272 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA.
1276 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1277 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1278 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1279 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1280DEFHOOK
1281(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1282 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1283an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1284 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1285
1286/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1287 round of multipass scheduling.
1288 DATA is a pointer.
1289 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1290 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1291 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1292 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1293 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1294DEFHOOK
1295(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1296 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1297round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1298 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1299
1300/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1301 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1302 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1303 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1304 described in DFA. */
1305DEFHOOK
1306(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1307 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1308 void, (void *data), NULL)
1309
1310/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1311 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1312 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1313 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1314 described in DFA. */
1315DEFHOOK
1316(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1317 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1318 void, (void *data), NULL)
1319
38f8b050
JR
1320/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1321 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1322 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1323 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1324 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1325 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1326 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1327 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1328 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1329 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1330 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1331DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1332(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1333 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1334on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1335@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1336the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1337is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1338start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1339verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1340@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1341processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1342and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1343 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1344 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1345 NULL)
1346
1347/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1348 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1349 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1350 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1351 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1352 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1353 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1354 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1355 second insn (second parameter). */
1356DEFHOOK
1357(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1358 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1359the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1360are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1361to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1362being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1363dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1364parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1365The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1366insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1367and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1368\n\
1369Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1370where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1371delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1372that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1373important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1374closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1375not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1376 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1377
38f8b050
JR
1378/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1379 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1380 that new instructions were emitted. */
1381DEFHOOK
1382(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1383 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1384the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1385per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1386 void, (void), NULL)
1387
1388/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1389
1390/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void *, (void), NULL)
1395
1396/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1399 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1400It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1401beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1402 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1403
1404/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1405DEFHOOK
1406(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1407 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1408 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1409
1410/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1411DEFHOOK
1412(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1413 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1414 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1415
1416/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1417DEFHOOK
1418(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1419 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1420 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1421
1422/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1423 by the insn scheduler.
1424 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1425 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1426 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1427 It should return
1428 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1429 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1430 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1431 generated one. */
1432DEFHOOK
1433(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1434 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1435speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1436The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1437version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1438pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1439or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1440speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1441the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1442 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1443
1444/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1445 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1446 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1447DEFHOOK
1448(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1449 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1450for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1451instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1452 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1453
1454/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1455 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1456 instruction.
1457 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1458 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1459 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1460 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1461DEFHOOK
1462(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1463 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1464check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1465speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1466@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1467be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1468recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1469a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1470@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1471 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1472
38f8b050
JR
1473/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1474 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1475 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1476DEFHOOK
1477(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1478 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1479enabled/used.\n\
1480The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1481The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1482 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1483
1484DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485(get_insn_spec_ds,
1486 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1487 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1488
1489DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1490(get_insn_checked_ds,
1491 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1492 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050 1493
176274c9
SB
1494DEFHOOK
1495(can_speculate_insn,
1496 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1497 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1498 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1499 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1500 should not be speculated.",
1501 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1502
38f8b050
JR
1503DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1504(skip_rtx_p,
1505 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1506 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1507 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1508
1509/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1510 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1511 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1512 to ddg variable. */
1513DEFHOOK
1514(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1515 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1516resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1517the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1518backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1519bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1520of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1521 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1522
7942e47e
RY
1523/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1524 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1525 parameters. */
1526DEFHOOK
1527(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1528"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1529in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1530void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1531hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1532
1533/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1534 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1535 as the second parameter is true. */
1536DEFHOOK
1537(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1538"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1539is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1540bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1541hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1542
b0bd15f7
BS
1543DEFHOOKPOD
1544(exposed_pipeline,
1545"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1546the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1547also the latencies of operations.",
1548bool, false)
1549
df7b0cc4
EI
1550/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1551 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1552 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1553DEFHOOK
1554(reassociation_width,
1555"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1556parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1557int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1558hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1559
b16abbcb
BC
1560/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1561 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1562DEFHOOK
1563(fusion_priority,
1564"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1565priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1566are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1567\n\
1568@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1569@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1570@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1571fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1572@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1573should be calculated and returned.\n\
1574\n\
1575Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1576be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1577instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1578sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1579scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1580should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1581false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1582scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1583instructions.\n\
1584\n\
1585Given below example:\n\
1586\n\
51be4977 1587@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1590 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1591 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1592 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1596@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1597\n\
1598On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1599merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1600loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1601this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1602instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1603\n\
51be4977
BC
1604@smallexample\n\
1605 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1607 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1610 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1611 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1612 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1613@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1614\n\
1615Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1616to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1617pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1618\n\
51be4977 1619@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1621 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1622 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1623 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1624 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1625 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1626 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1627 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1628@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1629\n\
1630Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1631\n\
1632Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1633work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1634\n\
1635This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1636the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1637void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1638
38f8b050
JR
1639HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1640
0136f8f0
AH
1641/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1642#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1643#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1644HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1645
1646DEFHOOK
1647(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1648"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1649fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1650@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1651The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1652or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1653int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1654
1655DEFHOOK
1656(adjust,
1657"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1658to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1659void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1660
1661DEFHOOK
1662(usable,
1663"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1664in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1665usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1666to use it.",
1667int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1668
1669HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1670
5012919d
AM
1671/* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1672#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1673#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1674HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1675
1676DEFHOOK
1677(vf,
1678"Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1679int, (void), NULL)
1680
1681HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1682
94829f87
NS
1683/* Functions relating to openacc. */
1684#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1685#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1686HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1687
1688DEFHOOK
1689(validate_dims,
1690"This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1691compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
b6adbb9f 1692and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
94829f87 1693function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
b6adbb9f
NS
1694outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1695should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1696are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1697Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
94829f87
NS
1698true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1699provide dimensions larger than 1.",
6e91acf8 1700bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
94829f87
NS
1701default_goacc_validate_dims)
1702
bd751975
NS
1703DEFHOOK
1704(dim_limit,
1705"This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1706or zero if unbounded.",
1707int, (int axis),
1708default_goacc_dim_limit)
1709
6e91acf8
NS
1710DEFHOOK
1711(fork_join,
9bd46bc9
NS
1712"This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1713function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1714should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1715It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1716return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1717gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1718The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
6e91acf8
NS
1719bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1720default_goacc_fork_join)
1721
e5014671
NS
1722DEFHOOK
1723(reduction,
1724"This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1725@var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1726instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1727the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1728expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1729for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1730void, (gcall *call),
1731default_goacc_reduction)
1732
94829f87
NS
1733HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1734
38f8b050
JR
1735/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1736#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1737#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1738HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1739
1740/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1741 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1742 function. */
1743DEFHOOK
1744(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1745 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1746address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1747used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1748@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1749\n\
1750The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1751@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1752the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1753@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1754two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1755@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1756the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1757from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1758@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1759@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1760@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1761\n\
1762If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1763to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1764use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1765@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1766should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1767described above.\n\
1768If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1769the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1770log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1771 tree, (void), NULL)
1772
10766209
RS
1773/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1774 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
38f8b050
JR
1775DEFHOOK
1776(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63 1777 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
10766209 1778vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
673c2f63 1779@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
10766209
RS
1780The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1784
1785/* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1786 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787DEFHOOK
1788(builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1789 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1790vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
673c2f63
JM
1791return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050 1793 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
10766209 1794 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
38f8b050
JR
1795
1796/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1797 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798DEFHOOK
1799(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1800 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1801input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1802The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1803specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1804(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1805\n\
1806If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1807@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1808conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1809 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1810 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1811
720f5239
IR
1812/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1815DEFHOOK
1816(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1820 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1822
1823/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
c2873892 1824 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
38f8b050
JR
1825DEFHOOK
1826(vector_alignment_reachable,
c2873892 1827 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
38f8b050
JR
1828 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1829 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1830
22e4dee7
RH
1831/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1832 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1833DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1834(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1835 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1836 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1837 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1838
1839/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1840 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1841 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1842DEFHOOK
1843(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1844 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1845store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1846parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1847the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1848parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1849 bool,
ef4bddc2 1850 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1851 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1852
cc4b5170
RG
1853/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1854 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1855DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1856(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1857 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1858mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1859equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1860transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2 1861 machine_mode,
005ba29c 1862 (scalar_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1863 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1864
767f865f
RG
1865/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1866 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1867DEFHOOK
1868(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1869 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1870after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1871mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1872The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1873 unsigned int,
1874 (void),
1875 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1876
9f47c7e5
IE
1877/* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1878DEFHOOK
1879(get_mask_mode,
3981fbb6
RS
1880 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1881in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1882represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1883long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1884@code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1885\n\
1886The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1887is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1888if such a mode exists.",
1889 opt_machine_mode,
9f47c7e5
IE
1890 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1891 default_get_mask_mode)
1892
aec7ae7d
JJ
1893/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1894DEFHOOK
1895(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1896 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1897is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1898the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1899The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1900loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1901 tree,
1902 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1903 NULL)
1904
3bab6342
AT
1905/* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1906DEFHOOK
1907(builtin_scatter,
1908"Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1909is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1910the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1911The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1912stores.",
1913 tree,
1914 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1915 NULL)
1916
c3e7ee41
BS
1917/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1918DEFHOOK
1919(init_cost,
1920 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1921 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1922 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1923 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1924 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1925 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1926 void *,
1927 (struct loop *loop_info),
1928 default_init_cost)
1929
1930/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1931 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1932 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1933DEFHOOK
1934(add_stmt_cost,
1935 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1936 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1937 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1938 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1939 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1940 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1941 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1942 unsigned,
1943 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1944 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1945 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1946 default_add_stmt_cost)
1947
1948/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1949 loop or block. */
1950DEFHOOK
1951(finish_cost,
1952 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1953 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1954 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1955 "the three accumulators.",
1956 void,
1957 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1958 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1959 default_finish_cost)
1960
1961/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1962DEFHOOK
1963(destroy_cost_data,
1964 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1965 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1966 "accumulator.",
1967 void,
1968 (void *data),
1969 default_destroy_cost_data)
1970
38f8b050
JR
1971HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1972
1973#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1974#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1975
ec6fe917
IV
1976DEFHOOK
1977(record_offload_symbol,
1978 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1979sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1980recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1981 void, (tree),
1982 hook_void_tree)
1983
6d2b7199
BS
1984DEFHOOKPOD
1985(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1986 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1987that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1988@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1989 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1990
38f8b050
JR
1991/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1992 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1993 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1994DEFHOOK
1995(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1996 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1997but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1998pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1999attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2000when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2001actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2002@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
2003 void, (void),
2004 hook_void_void)
2005
c713ddc0
BS
2006DEFHOOK
2007(offload_options,
2008 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2009translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2010into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2011to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2012separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2013char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2014
38f8b050
JR
2015DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2016(eh_return_filter_mode,
2017 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
095a2d76 2018 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2019 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2020
2021/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2022DEFHOOK
2023(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2024 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2025of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2026@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2027targets.",
095a2d76 2028 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2029 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2030
2031/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2032DEFHOOK
2033(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2034 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2035of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2036@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2037targets.",
095a2d76 2038 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2039 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2040
2041/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2042DEFHOOK
2043(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
2044 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2045The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
095a2d76 2046 scalar_int_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2047 default_unwind_word_mode)
2048
2049/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2050DEFHOOK
2051(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2052 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2053handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2054@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2055@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2056when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2057attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2058call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2059\n\
2060@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2061If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2062for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2063@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2064will then define a function called\n\
2065@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2066the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2067add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2068to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2069@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2070@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
2071 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2072 merge_decl_attributes)
2073
2074/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2075DEFHOOK
2076(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2077 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2078handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2079@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2080that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2081function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2082merging.",
38f8b050
JR
2083 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2084 merge_type_attributes)
2085
2086/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2087 Ignored if NULL. */
2088DEFHOOKPOD
2089(attribute_table,
673c2f63 2090 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 2091attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
2092specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2093entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2094take.",
38f8b050
JR
2095 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2096
2097/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2098 argument. */
2099DEFHOOK
2100(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
2101 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2102machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2103given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2104subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2105false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
2106 bool, (const_tree name),
2107 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2108
2109/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2110 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2111 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2112DEFHOOK
2113(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2114 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2115@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2116and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2117generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2118supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2119 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2120 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2121
2122/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2123DEFHOOK
2124(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2125 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2126the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2127 void, (tree type),
2128 hook_void_tree)
2129
2130/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2131DEFHOOK
2132(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2133 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2134when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2135wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2136the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2137created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2138for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2139shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2140the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2141attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2142needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2143 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2144 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2145
2146/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2147 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2148DEFHOOK
2149(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2150 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2151This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2152into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2153attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2154target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2155 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2156 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2157
2158/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2159 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2160DEFHOOK
2161(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2162 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2163@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2164Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2165unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2166different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2167alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2168bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2169the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2170(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2171another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2172other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2173\n\
2174When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2175of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2176bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2177and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2178chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2179size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2180alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2181\n\
2182If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2183the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2184used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2185precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2186may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2187 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2188 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2189
2e681adf
JR
2190/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2191 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2192 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2193DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2194(words_big_endian,
2195 "",
2196 bool, (void),
2197 targhook_words_big_endian)
2198
2199/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2200DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2201(float_words_big_endian,
2202 "",
2203 bool, (void),
2204 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2205
9193fb05
JM
2206DEFHOOK
2207(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2208 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2209 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2210 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2211 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2212 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2213 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2214 does not.",
2215 bool, (void),
2216 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2217
38f8b050
JR
2218/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2219DEFHOOK
2220(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2221 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2222 bool, (void),
2223 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2224
2225/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2226DEFHOOK
2227(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2228 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2229 bool, (void),
2230 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2231
2232/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2233DEFHOOK
2234(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2235 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2236whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2237structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2238the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2239 bool, (void),
2240 hook_bool_void_false)
2241
2242/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2243 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2244DEFHOOK
2245(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2246 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2247should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2248these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2249\n\
7d0b9a9c 2250The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2251 bool, (void),
2252 hook_bool_void_false)
2253
2254/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2255DEFHOOK
2256(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2257 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2258that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2259necessary setup.\n\
2260\n\
2261Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2262instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2263they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2264instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2265\n\
2266To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2267@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2268which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2269up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2270only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2271@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2272 void, (void),
2273 hook_void_void)
2274
2275/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2276 built-in function decl for CODE.
2277 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2278 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2279DEFHOOK
2280(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2281 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2282that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2283builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2284If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2285if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2286If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2287@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2288 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2289
2290/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2291DEFHOOK
2292(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2293 "\n\
2294Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2295@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2296function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2297convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2298@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2299@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2300ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2301built-in function.",
38f8b050 2302 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2303 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2304 default_expand_builtin)
2305
d5e254e1
IE
2306DEFHOOK
2307(builtin_chkp_function,
2308 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2309Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2310fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2311passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2312obtained using this hook:\n\
2313@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2314Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2315by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2316bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2317@end deftypefn\n\
2318\n\
2319@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2320Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2321by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2322when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2323@end deftypefn\n\
2324\n\
2325@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2326Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2327by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2328address @var{loc}.\n\
2329@end deftypefn\n\
2330\n\
2331@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2332Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2333by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2334lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2335@end deftypefn\n\
2336\n\
2337@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2338Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2339by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2340upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2341@end deftypefn\n\
2342\n\
2343@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2344Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2345by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2346@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2347@end deftypefn\n\
2348\n\
2349@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2350Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2351returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2352@end deftypefn\n\
2353\n\
2354@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2355Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2356returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2357[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2358@end deftypefn\n\
2359\n\
2360@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2361Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2362returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2363@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2364Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2365(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2366@end deftypefn\n\
2367\n\
2368@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2369Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2370returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2371@end deftypefn\n\
2372\n\
2373@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2374Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2375returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2376@end deftypefn",
2377 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2378 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2379
2380DEFHOOK
2381(chkp_bound_type,
2382 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2383 tree, (void),
2384 default_chkp_bound_type)
2385
2386DEFHOOK
2387(chkp_bound_mode,
2388 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
b8506a8a 2389 machine_mode, (void),
d5e254e1
IE
2390 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2391
2392DEFHOOK
2393(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2394 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2395with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2396 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2397 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2398
2399DEFHOOK
2400(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2401 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2402bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2403the number of generated statements.",
2404 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2405 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2406
38f8b050
JR
2407/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2408 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2409 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2410 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2411 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2412DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2413(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2414 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2415was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2416@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2417implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2418declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2419arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2420complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2421another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2422@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2423 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2424
ea679d55
JG
2425/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2426 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2427DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2428(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2429 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2430@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2431built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2432the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2433The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2434containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2435@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2436 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2437 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2438
ea679d55
JG
2439/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2440DEFHOOK
2441(gimple_fold_builtin,
2442 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2443by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2444statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2445was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2446 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2447 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2448
3649b9b7
ST
2449/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2450 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2451 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2452 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2453 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2454 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2455 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2456 and 0 if they are the same. */
2457DEFHOOK
2458(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2459 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2460determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2461during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2462versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2463is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2464 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2465 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2466
2467/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2468 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2469 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2470 must be generated. */
2471DEFHOOK
2472(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2473 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2474function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2475@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2476body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2477 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2478
2479/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2480 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2481 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2482 identical versions. */
2483DEFHOOK
2484(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2485 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2486versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2487version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2488identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2489 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2490
38f8b050 2491/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
ee62a5a6 2492 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2493DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2494(builtin_reciprocal,
ee62a5a6
RS
2495 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2496reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
7b90c63a 2497@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
ee62a5a6 2498 tree, (tree fndecl),
38f8b050
JR
2499 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2500
2501/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2502 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2503 NULL. */
2504DEFHOOK
2505(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2506 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2507uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2508to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2509mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2510the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2511not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2512for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2513return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2514string constant.\n\
2515\n\
2516Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2517qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2518fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2519is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2520length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2521ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2522@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2523@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2524code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2525@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2526codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2527spaces in your string.\n\
2528\n\
2529This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2530name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2531can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2532before mangling.\n\
2533\n\
2534The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2535appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2536types.",
38f8b050
JR
2537 const char *, (const_tree type),
2538 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2539
2540/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2541DEFHOOK
2542(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2543 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2544existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2545@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2546@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2547library routines.\n\
2548\n\
2549The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2550 void, (void),
2551 hook_void_void)
2552
cdbf4541
BS
2553 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2554DEFHOOKPOD
2555(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2556 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2557underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2558instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2559currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2560is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2561@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2562 bool, false)
2563
38f8b050
JR
2564/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2565 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2566/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2567DEFHOOK
2568(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2569 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2570based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2571declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2572null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2573\n\
2574The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2575read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2576need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2577set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2578 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2579 default_section_type_flags)
2580
d33d9e47
AI
2581DEFHOOK
2582(libc_has_function,
2583 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2584@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2585 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2586 default_libc_has_function)
2587
38f8b050
JR
2588/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2589 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2590DEFHOOK
2591(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2592 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2593instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2594every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2595reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2596\n\
2597@smallexample\n\
2598static bool\n\
2599cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2600@{\n\
2601 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2602@}\n\
2603@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2604 bool, (void),
2605 hook_bool_void_false)
2606
4b4de898
JR
2607/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2608DEFHOOK
2609(can_follow_jump,
2610 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2611 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2612 false, if it can't.\
2613 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2614 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2615 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2616 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2617
38f8b050
JR
2618/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2619 optimizations should be applied. */
2620DEFHOOK
2621(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2622 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2623optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2624usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2625re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2626to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2627 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2628 default_branch_target_register_class)
2629
2630/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2631 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2632 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2633 already been generated. */
2634DEFHOOK
2635(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2636 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2637registers\n\
2638that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2639returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2640that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2641@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2642saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2643epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2644true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2645to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2646to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2647 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2648 hook_bool_bool_false)
2649
2650/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2651DEFHOOK
2652(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2653 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2654This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2655modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2656 bool, (void),
2657 default_have_conditional_execution)
2658
2e0f1341
ZC
2659DEFHOOK
2660(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026 2661 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
c8012fbc
WD
2662 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2663 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2664 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2665 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2666 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2667 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
cb4347e8 2668 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2669 NULL)
2670
2671DEFHOOK
2672(gen_ccmp_next,
c8012fbc
WD
2673 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2674 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2675 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2676 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2677 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2678 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2679 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2680 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2681 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2682 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2683 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2684 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
cb4347e8 2685 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2686 NULL)
2687
38f8b050
JR
2688/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2689DEFHOOK
2690(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2691 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2692should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2693the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2694the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2695is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2696number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2697 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2698 NULL)
2699
1a627b35
RS
2700/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2701DEFHOOK
2702(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2703 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2704@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2705@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2706\n\
2707The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2708 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2709 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2710
38f8b050
JR
2711/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2712DEFHOOK
2713(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2714 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2715should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2716of @var{x}.\n\
2717\n\
2718The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2719\n\
2720The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2721deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2722from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2723holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2724of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2725 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2726 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2727
2728DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2729(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2730 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2731 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2732
2733/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2734DEFHOOK
2735(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2736 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2737Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2738PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2739of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2740 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2741 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2742
2743/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2744 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2745DEFHOOK
2746(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2747 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2748space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2749different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2750reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2751but not others.\n\
2752\n\
2753Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2754effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2755of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2756addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2757\n\
2758You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2759\n\
2760The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2761 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2762 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2763
2764/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2765 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2766DEFHOOK
2767(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2768 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2769operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2770address.\n\
2771\n\
2772@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2773@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2774and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2775@var{x}.\n\
2776\n\
2777The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2778@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2779should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2780\n\
2781It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2782with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2783The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2784the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2785is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2786a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2787strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2788 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2789 default_legitimize_address)
2790
2791/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2792DEFHOOK
2793(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2794 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2795@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2796macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2797references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2798addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2799the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2800into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2801 rtx, (rtx x),
2802 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2803
93bcc8c9
JJ
2804/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2805 section. */
2806DEFHOOK
2807(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2808 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2809debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2810 bool, (rtx x),
2811 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2812
38f8b050
JR
2813/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2814DEFHOOK
2815(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2816 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2817address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2818\n\
2819Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2820non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2821desired by the caller.\n\
2822\n\
2823The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2824that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2825considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2826kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2827must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2828up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2829register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2830if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2831\n\
2832The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2833accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2834register is required.\n\
2835\n\
2836Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2837and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2838constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2839specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2840recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2841\n\
2842Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2843sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2844@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2845naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2846be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2847\n\
2848@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2849On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2850the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2851target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2852into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2853@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2854@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2855Format}.\n\
2856\n\
2857@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2858Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2859this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2860has this syntax:\n\
2861\n\
2862@example\n\
2863#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2864@end example\n\
2865\n\
2866@noindent\n\
2867and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2868address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2869\n\
2870@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2871Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2872macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2873@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2874that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2875\n\
2876Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2877files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2878 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2879 default_legitimate_address_p)
2880
2881/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2882DEFHOOK
2883(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2884 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2885be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2886of @var{x}.\n\
2887\n\
2888The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2889 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2890 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2891
361a58da
DE
2892/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2893DEFHOOK
2894(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2895 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2896be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2897\n\
2898The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2899 bool, (const_tree decl),
2900 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2901
38f8b050
JR
2902/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2903DEFHOOKPOD
2904(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2905 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2906On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2907applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2908for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2909 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2910
2911DEFHOOKPOD
2912(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2913 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2914offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2915value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2916 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2917
2918/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2919DEFHOOK
2920(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2921 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2922@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2923@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2924\n\
2925The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2926intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2927or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2928 bool, (const_rtx x),
2929 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2930
2f251a05
AI
2931/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2932DEFHOOK
2933(has_ifunc_p,
2934 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2935The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2936The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2937 bool, (void),
2938 default_has_ifunc_p)
2939
38f8b050
JR
2940/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2941 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2942 this is an indirect call. */
2943DEFHOOK
2944(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2945 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2946call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2947or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2948\n\
2949It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2950tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2951during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2952as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2953``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2954may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2955 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2956 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2957
2958/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2959 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2960 level, outside of any function scope. */
2961DEFHOOK
2962(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2963 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2964context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2965the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2966per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2967attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2968The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2969and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2970and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2971The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2972\n\
2973GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2974some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2975situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2976or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2977@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2978outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2979 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2980
2981/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2982DEFHOOK
2983(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2984 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2985The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2986 bool, (const_tree exp),
2987 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2988
2989/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2990 to the current executable or shared library. */
2991DEFHOOK
2992(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2993 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2994rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2995or executable image).\n\
2996\n\
2997The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2998for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2999currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
3000 bool, (const_tree exp),
3001 default_binds_local_p)
3002
3c5273a9
KT
3003/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3004DEFHOOK
3005(profile_before_prologue,
3006 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3007The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3008@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3009 bool, (void),
3010 default_profile_before_prologue)
3011
d56a43a0
AK
3012/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3013 enabled. */
3014DEFHOOK
3015(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3016 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3017 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3018 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3019 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3020 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3021 bool, (void),
3022 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3023
38f8b050
JR
3024/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3025 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3026 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3027 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3028DEFHOOK
3029(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
3030 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3031by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3032the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3033or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3034hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3035your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3036returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
3037 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3038 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3039
3040/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3041 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3042DEFHOOK
3043(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
3044 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3045treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3046function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3047\n\
3048The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3049@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3050an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3051rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3052in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3053\n\
3054In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3055a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3056will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3057register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3058rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3059leave it alone.)\n\
3060\n\
3061The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3062that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3063be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3064declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3065declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3066@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3067\n\
3068@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3069The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3070@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3071Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3072encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3073discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3074\n\
3075The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3076in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3077@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3078before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
3079 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3080 default_encode_section_info)
3081
3082/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3083DEFHOOK
3084(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
3085 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3086the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3087may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
3088 const char *, (const char *name),
3089 default_strip_name_encoding)
3090
3091/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3092 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3093DEFHOOK
3094(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
3095 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3096deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3097@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3098\n\
3099On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3100shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3101equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3102this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3103otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3104particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3105\n\
3106Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3107@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3108that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3109\n\
3110The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3111@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3112and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3113@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3114nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3115by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3116 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3117 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3118
3119/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3120 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3121 the reciprocal. */
3122DEFHOOK
3123(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3124 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3125divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3126the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3127that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3128of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3129has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3130 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3131 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3132
3133/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3134 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3135 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3136/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3137 necessarily defined at this point. */
3138DEFHOOK
3139(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3140 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3141are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3142@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3143sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3144otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3145representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3146@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3147@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3148@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3149widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3150\n\
3151Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3152value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3153as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3154@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3155\n\
3156Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3157describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3158@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3159to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3160extension.\n\
3161\n\
3162In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3163@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3164@code{mode}.",
095a2d76 3165 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3166 default_mode_rep_extended)
3167
3168/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3169DEFHOOK
3170(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3171 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3172with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3173hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
095a2d76 3174 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3175 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3176
7352c013
RG
3177/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3178DEFHOOK
3179(ref_may_alias_errno,
3180 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3181 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3182 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3183 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3184 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3185 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3186 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3187
38f8b050
JR
3188/* Support for named address spaces. */
3189#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3190#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3191HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3192
3193/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3194DEFHOOK
3195(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3196 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3197@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3198The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
095a2d76 3199 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3200 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3201
3202/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3203DEFHOOK
3204(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3205 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3206@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
0a798c16 3207The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
095a2d76 3208 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3209 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3210
3211/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3212 in another address space. */
3213DEFHOOK
3214(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3215 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3216with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3217hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3218except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3219version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3220@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3221target hooks for the given address space.",
095a2d76 3222 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3223 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3224
3225/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3226 space for a given mode. */
3227DEFHOOK
3228(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3229 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3230@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3231parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3232finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3233@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3234explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3235 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3236 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3237
3238/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3239 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3240 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3241DEFHOOK
3242(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3243 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3244with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3245hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3246except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3247 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3248 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3249
3250/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3251DEFHOOK
3252(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3253 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3254contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3255a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3256will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3257arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3258converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3259 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3260 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3261
6626f970
RH
3262/* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3263 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3264DEFHOOK
3265(zero_address_valid,
3266 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3267address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3268 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3269 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3270
38f8b050
JR
3271/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3272DEFHOOK
3273(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3274 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3275@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3276space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3277to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3278guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3279as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3280 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3281 default_addr_space_convert)
3282
f736b911
RH
3283/* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3284DEFHOOK
3285(debug,
3286 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3287The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3288 int, (addr_space_t as),
3289 default_addr_space_debug)
3290
ffc22840
GJL
3291/* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3292DEFHOOK
3293(diagnose_usage,
3294 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3295command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3296address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3297to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3298was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3299the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3300@var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3301The default implementation does nothing.",
3302 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3303 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3304
38f8b050
JR
3305HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3306
3307#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3308#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3309
3310/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3311 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3312 the arithmetic is supported. */
3313DEFHOOK
3314(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3315 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3316insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3317considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3318must work.\n\
3319\n\
3320The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3321required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3322Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3323code in @file{optabs.c}.",
18e2a8b8 3324 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3325 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3326
3327/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3328 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3329 for further details. */
3330DEFHOOK
3331(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3332 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3333insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3334must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3335 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3336 hook_bool_mode_false)
3337
5aea1e76
UW
3338DEFHOOK
3339(vector_alignment,
3340 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3341@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3342require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3343this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3344the vector element type.",
3345 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3346 default_vector_alignment)
3347
0f6d54f7
RS
3348/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3349 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3350DEFHOOK
3351(array_mode_supported_p,
3352 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3353of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3354Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3355and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3356\n\
3357One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3358that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3359has operations like:\n\
3360\n\
3361@smallexample\n\
3362int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3363@end smallexample\n\
3364\n\
3365where the return type is defined as:\n\
3366\n\
3367@smallexample\n\
3368typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3369@{\n\
3370 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3371@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3372@end smallexample\n\
3373\n\
3374If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3375@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3376@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3377 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3378 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3379
8cc4b7a2
JM
3380DEFHOOK
3381(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3382 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3383floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3384@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3385hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3386@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
7c5bd57a 3387 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3388 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3389
c65699ef
JM
3390DEFHOOK
3391(floatn_mode,
3392 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3393@code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
1ce87609
RS
3394@code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3395supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3396this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
c65699ef
JM
3397@code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3398@code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3399those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3400@code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3401returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3402satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
1ce87609
RS
3403@code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3404of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3405ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3406if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3407 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
c65699ef
JM
3408 default_floatn_mode)
3409
38f8b050
JR
3410/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3411 TO, using MODE. */
3412DEFHOOK
3413(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3414 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3415from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3416are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3417A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3418that.\n\
3419\n\
3420It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3421same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3422registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3423\n\
3424If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3425hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3426classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3427constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3428allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3429if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3430\n\
3431The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3432 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3433 default_register_move_cost)
3434
3435/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3436/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3437 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3438DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3439(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3440 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3441between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3442if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3443This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3444If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3445registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3446\n\
3447If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3448the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3449needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3450between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3451more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3452reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3453\n\
3454GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3455secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3456a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3457secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
34584 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3459value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3460are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3461 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3462 default_memory_move_cost)
3463
7cbed008
JG
3464DEFHOOK
3465(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3466 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3467two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3468when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3469implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3470insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3471@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3472unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3473\n\
3474This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3475given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3476infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3477Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3478units.\n\
3479\n\
3480The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
36b85e43
BS
3481@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3482@code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3483under consideration.\n\
7cbed008
JG
3484\n\
3485The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3486optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3487\n\
3488Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3489for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3490@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3491@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3492insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3493the body of the memory operation.\n\
3494\n\
3495Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3496in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3497move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3498 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3499 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3500 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3501
36b85e43
BS
3502DEFHOOK
3503(compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3504 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3505number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3506allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3507factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3508one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3509particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3510negative number from this hook.",
3511 int, (machine_mode mode),
3512 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3513
e0bd6c9f
RS
3514DEFHOOK
3515(slow_unaligned_access,
3516 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3517@var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3518than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3519This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3520@code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3521\n\
3522When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3523@code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3524moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3525Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3526add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3527\n\
3528The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3529The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3530 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3531 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3532
d95ab70a
RS
3533DEFHOOK
3534(optab_supported_p,
3535 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3536modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3537The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3538whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3539optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3540\n\
3541For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3542@var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3543optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3544\n\
3545The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3546 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3547 optimization_type opt_type),
3548 default_optab_supported_p)
3549
38f8b050
JR
3550/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3551 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3552 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3553 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3554DEFHOOK
3555(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3556 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3557small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3558@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3559in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3560In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3561for any mode.\n\
3562\n\
3563On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3564insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3565to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3566if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3567insn.\n\
3568\n\
3569Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3570in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3571the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3572classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3573registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3574registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3575SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3576strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3577machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3578\n\
3579The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3580safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3581unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3582that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3583to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3584of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3585 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3586 hook_bool_mode_false)
3587
e692f276
RH
3588/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3589 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3590DEFHOOKPOD
3591(flags_regnum,
3592 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3593 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3594 appropriately.",
3595 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3596
38f8b050
JR
3597/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3598 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3599 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
e548c9df 3600/* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
38f8b050
JR
3601 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3602DEFHOOK
3603(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3604 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3605\n\
3606The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3607available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3608as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3609That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3610that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3611either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3612(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3613\n\
e548c9df
AM
3614@var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3615do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
3616\n\
3617In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3618@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3619instructions.\n\
3620\n\
3621On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3622for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3623necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3624for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3625operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3626\n\
3627When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3628false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3629size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3630\n\
3631The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3632processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
e548c9df
AM
3633 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3634 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3635
3636/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3637 invalid addresses. */
3638DEFHOOK
3639(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3640 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3641@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3642the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3643\n\
3644For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3645true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3646instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3647all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3648\n\
3649In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3650the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3651cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3652\n\
3653For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3654and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3655is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3656references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3657the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3658that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3659instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3660specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3661\n\
3662This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3663\n\
3664On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3665cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3666@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3667be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3668@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3669should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3670should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3671registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3672 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3673 default_address_cost)
3674
e914c11a
JG
3675/* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3676 well defined units. */
3677DEFHOOK
3678(max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3679 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3680giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3681if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3682The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3683that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3684@code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3685unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3686RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3687is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3688\n\
3689@code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3690branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3691were true.\n\
3692\n\
3693The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3694@code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3695and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3696unsigned int, (edge e),
3697default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3698
d16e2ddd
JJ
3699/* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3700 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3701DEFHOOK
3702(noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3703 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3704candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3705@code{if_info}.",
3706bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3707default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3708
f52a73a4
SD
3709/* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3710 scheduling. */
3711DEFHOOK
3712(no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3713 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3714speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3715such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3716delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3717disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3718delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3719as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3720 hook_bool_void_false)
3721
38f8b050
JR
3722/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3723DEFHOOK
3724(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3725 "\n\
3726When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3727register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3728to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3729it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3730is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3731that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3732@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3733Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3734to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3735the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3736@code{MEM}.\n\
3737If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3738it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3739You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3740@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3741register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3742The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3743allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3744 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3745
c84a808e 3746/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3747 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3748DEFHOOK
3749(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3750 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3751@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3752this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3753@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3754to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3755passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3756 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3757 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3758
3759/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3760 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3761 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3762 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3763 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3764 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3765DEFHOOK
3766(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3767 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3768represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3769register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3770locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3771register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3772If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3773 rtx, (rtx reg),
3774 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3775
ff050c66
MF
3776/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3777 register. */
3778DEFHOOK
3779(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3780 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3781corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3782used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3783clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3784 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3785 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3786
38f8b050
JR
3787/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3788 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3789 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3790 code, given the address of the table. */
3791DEFHOOK
3792(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3793 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3794multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3795sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3796It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3797filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3798@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3799 void, (tree address),
3800 hook_void_tree)
3801
3802/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3803 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3804 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3805 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3806 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3807 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3808 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3809DEFHOOK
3810(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3811 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3812register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3813regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3814hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3815small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3816to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3817arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3818When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3819integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3820@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3821\n\
3822The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3823 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3824 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3825
3826/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3827 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3828 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3829 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3830 VOIDmode. */
3831DEFHOOK
3832(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3833 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3834@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3835validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3836target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3837both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3838return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3839\n\
3840The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3841same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3842returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3843 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3844 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3845
3846/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3847 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3848DEFHOOK
3849(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3850 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3851instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3852just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3853\n\
3854The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3855it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3856laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3857Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3858\n\
3859You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3860definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3861 void, (void), NULL)
3862
3863/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3864DEFHOOK
3865(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3866 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3867The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3868 tree, (void),
3869 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3870
3871/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3872DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3873(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3874 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3875to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3876variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3877to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3878variable.\n\
3879The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3880this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3881internal type.\n\
3882If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3883Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3884macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3885 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3886 NULL)
3887
3888/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3889DEFHOOK
3890(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3891 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3892@var{fndecl}.\n\
3893The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3894 tree, (tree fndecl),
3895 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3896
3897/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3898DEFHOOK
3899(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3900 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3901type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3902@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3903 tree, (tree type),
3904 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3905
3906/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3907DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3908(expand_builtin_va_start,
3909"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3910 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3911
3912/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3913DEFHOOK
3914(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3915 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3916@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3917arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3918@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3919 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3920 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3921
3922/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3923 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3924 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3925 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3926 or an error message if not. */
3927DEFHOOK
3928(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3929 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3930@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3931@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3932 void *, (size_t *sz),
3933 default_get_pch_validity)
3934
3935DEFHOOK
3936(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3937 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3938compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3939if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3940be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3941\n\
3942@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3943when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3944It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3945compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3946\n\
3947The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3948suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3949 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3950 default_pch_valid_p)
3951
e32ea2d1
RS
3952DEFHOOK
3953(prepare_pch_save,
3954 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3955garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3956it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3957to do anything here.",
3958 void, (void),
3959 hook_void_void)
3960
38f8b050
JR
3961/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3962 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3963 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3964DEFHOOK
3965(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3966 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3967@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3968of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3969@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3970value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3971 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3972
3973/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3974 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3975 that type. */
3976DEFHOOK
3977(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3978 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3979@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3980of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3981@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3982\n\
3983The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3984 bool, (void),
3985 hook_bool_void_false)
3986
3987/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3988 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3989DEFHOOK
3990(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3991 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3992the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3993The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3994machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3995@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3996 rtx, (void),
3997 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3998
7ca35180
RH
3999/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4000 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4001DEFHOOK
4002(md_asm_adjust,
4003 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4004@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4005clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4006to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4007\n\
4008It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4009as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4010a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4011 rtx_insn *,
4012 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4013 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4014 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
4015
4016/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4017 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4018 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4019 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4020 the function is being declared as an int. */
4021DEFHOOK
4022(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
4023 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4024be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4025value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
4026 int, (const_tree function),
4027 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4028
4029/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4030 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4031 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4032 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4033 and
4034 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4035 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4036DEFHOOK
4037(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
4038 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4039contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4040info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4041@smallexample\n\
4042(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4043@end smallexample\n\
4044and\n\
4045@smallexample\n\
4046(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4047@end smallexample\n\
4048to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4049the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4050the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
4051 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4052
4053/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4054DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4055(stdarg_optimize_hook,
4056"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4057 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4058 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
355fe088 4059 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
4060
4061/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4062 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4063 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4064DEFHOOK
4065(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
4066 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4067for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4068runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4069that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4070variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4071\n\
4072The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4073@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4074 tree, (void),
4075 default_stack_protect_guard)
4076
4077/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4078 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4079DEFHOOK
4080(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
4081 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4082stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4083involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4084\n\
4085The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4086@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4087normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
4088 tree, (void),
4089 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4090
87a5dc2d
JW
4091/* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4092 protector runtime support. */
4093DEFHOOK
4094(stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4095 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4096 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4097 bool, (void),
4098 hook_bool_void_true)
4099
1d0216c8
RS
4100DEFHOOK
4101(can_use_doloop_p,
4102 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4103and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4104exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4105the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4106the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4107contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4108loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4109\n\
4110This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4111implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4112if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 4113 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 4114 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 4115 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 4116
38f8b050
JR
4117/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4118 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4119DEFHOOK
4120(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
4121 "\n\
4122Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4123low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4124could not be applied.\n\
4125\n\
4126Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4127instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4128the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4129By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4130loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 4131 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
4132 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4133
78e4f1ad
UB
4134/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4135DEFHOOK
4136(legitimate_combined_insn,
4137"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4138 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4139 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
4140 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4141 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 4142
38f8b050
JR
4143DEFHOOK
4144(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4145"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4146 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4147 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4148 bool, (const_tree decl),
4149 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4150
4151/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4152 value. */
4153DEFHOOKPOD
4154(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
4155 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4156a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4157is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4158is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4159subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4160the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4161available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4162constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4163down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4164@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4165accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4166value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4167MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4168@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4169is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
4170 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4171
5dcfdccd
KY
4172/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4173DEFHOOK
4174(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
4175 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4176memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
4177 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4178
dfe06d3e
JJ
4179/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4180 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4181 supported by the target. */
4182DEFHOOK
4183(asan_shadow_offset,
4184 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4185Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4186supported by the target.",
4187 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4188 NULL)
4189
38f8b050
JR
4190/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4191/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4192HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4193
4194DEFHOOK
4195(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
4196 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4197function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4198and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4199change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4200pointer} types.\n\
4201\n\
4202@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4203return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4204@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4205If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4206which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4207then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4208the signedness may be different.\n\
4209\n\
4210@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4211\n\
4212The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4213also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4214if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 4215 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
4216 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4217 default_promote_function_mode)
4218
4219DEFHOOK
4220(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
4221 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4222prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4223passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4224cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4225The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
4226 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4227 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4228
4229DEFHOOK
4230(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4231 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4232address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4233passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4234be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4235hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4236argument.\n\
4237\n\
4238On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4239is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4240caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4241be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4242@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4243the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4244the caller.\n\
4245\n\
4246If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4247stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4248@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4249structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4250to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
4251 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4252 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
4253
4254DEFHOOKPOD
4255(omit_struct_return_reg,
4256 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4257is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4258arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
9c582551 4259pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
e0d14c39
BS
4260undesirable on your target.",
4261 bool, false)
4262
38f8b050
JR
4263DEFHOOK
4264(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4265 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4266function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4267Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4268will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4269libcalls.\n\
4270\n\
4271Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4272by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4273takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4274possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4275definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4276values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4277\n\
4278Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4279be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4280to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4281 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4282 default_return_in_memory)
4283
4284DEFHOOK
4285(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4286 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4287at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4288padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4289is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4290\n\
4291Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4292be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4293or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
42944-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4295@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4296 bool, (const_tree type),
4297 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4298
4299/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4300 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4301 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4303(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4304 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4305position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4306predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4307passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4308\n\
4309If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4310pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4311The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4312to that type.",
38f8b050 4313 bool,
ef4bddc2 4314 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4315 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4316
4317DEFHOOK
4318(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4319 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4320@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4321beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4322return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4323to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4324 rtx, (void),
4325 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4326
4327/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4328DEFHOOK
4329(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4330 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4331@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4332@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4333register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4334have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4335use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4336pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4337\n\
4338The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4339structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4340named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4341last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4342\n\
4343The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4344argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4345store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4346variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4347store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4348frame.\n\
4349\n\
4350Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4351compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4352@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4353have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4354for all data types.\n\
4355\n\
4356If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4357arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4358happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4359end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4360not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4361 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4362 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4363 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4364
d5e254e1
IE
4365DEFHOOK
4366(load_bounds_for_arg,
4367 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4368@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4369bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4370memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4371memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4372constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4373should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4374 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4375 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4376
4377DEFHOOK
4378(store_bounds_for_arg,
4379 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4380@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4381@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4382memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4383memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4384constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4385should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4386 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4387 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4388
4389DEFHOOK
4390(load_returned_bounds,
4391 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4392returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4393loaded bounds.",
4394 rtx, (rtx slot),
4395 default_load_returned_bounds)
4396
4397DEFHOOK
4398(store_returned_bounds,
4399 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4400returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4401 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4402 default_store_returned_bounds)
4403
4404DEFHOOK
4405(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4406 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4407into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4408@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
b8506a8a 4409 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
d5e254e1
IE
4410 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4411 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4412
2f21e1ba
BS
4413DEFHOOK
4414(call_args,
4415 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4416for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4417@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4418before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4419function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4420@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4421invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4422This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4423registers if a target needs it.\n\
4424For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4425passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4426Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4427 void, (rtx, tree),
4428 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4429
4430DEFHOOK
4431(end_call_args,
4432 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4433just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4434signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4435emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4436Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4437 void, (void),
4438 hook_void_void)
4439
38f8b050
JR
4440DEFHOOK
4441(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4442 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4443argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4444\n\
4445This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4446is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4447@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4448arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4449but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4450then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4451except the last are treated as named.\n\
4452\n\
4453You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4454 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4455 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4456
4457/* Returns true if we should use
4458 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4459 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4460DEFHOOK
4461(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4462 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4463@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4464@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4465defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4466@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4467Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4468 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4469 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4470
4471/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4472 should be passed as two scalars. */
4473DEFHOOK
4474(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4475 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4476as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4477arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4478to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4479AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4480registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4481point register.\n\
4482\n\
4483The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4484false.",
38f8b050
JR
4485 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4486
4487/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4488 but must be passed on the stack. */
4489/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4490 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4491DEFHOOK
4492(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4493 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4494solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4495definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4496documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4497 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4498 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4499
4500/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4501 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4502 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4503DEFHOOK
4504(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4505 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4506known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4507function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4508by the caller.\n\
4509\n\
4510For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4511determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4512not be generated.\n\
4513\n\
4514The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4515 bool,
ef4bddc2 4516 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4517 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4518
4519/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4520 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4521 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4522DEFHOOK
4523(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4524 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4525argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4526arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4527pushed on the stack.\n\
4528\n\
4529On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4530registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4531first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4532on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4533structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4534in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4535compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4536\n\
4537@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4538register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4539@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4540 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4541 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4542
4543/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4544 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4545 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4546DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4547(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4548 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4549advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4550@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4551the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4552argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4553\n\
4554This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4555on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4556used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4557 void,
ef4bddc2 4558 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4559 default_function_arg_advance)
4560
76b0cbf8
RS
4561DEFHOOK
4562(function_arg_padding,
4563 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4564an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4565@code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4566to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4567\n\
4568The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4569@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4570to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4571\n\
4572This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4573For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4574big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4575constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4576 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4577 default_function_arg_padding)
4578
38f8b050
JR
4579/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4580 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4581 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4582 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4583DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4584(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4585 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4586register and if so, which register.\n\
4587\n\
4588The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4589arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4590the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4591(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4592which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4593nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4594function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4595syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4596\n\
4597The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4598register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4599on the stack.\n\
4600\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4601The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4602passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4603should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4604@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4605for more information.\n\
4606\n\
673c2f63
JM
4607The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4608used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4609@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4610@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4611describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4612@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4613register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4614register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4615second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4616the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4617As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4618RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4619argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4620\n\
4621The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4622VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4623pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4624\n\
4625@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4626The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4627machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4628cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4629done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4630@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4631\n\
4632@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4633@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4634You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4635in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4636type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4637is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4638argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4639defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4640a register.",
ef4bddc2 4641 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4642 bool named),
4643 default_function_arg)
4644
b25b9e8f 4645DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4646(function_incoming_arg,
4a235312
L
4647 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4648views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4649functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4650and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
673c2f63 4651\n\
4a235312 4652In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
673c2f63
JM
4653which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4654@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4655fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4656arrive.\n\
4657\n\
4a235312
L
4658@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4659computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4660so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4661\n\
673c2f63
JM
4662If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4663@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4664 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4665 bool named),
4666 default_function_incoming_arg)
4667
c2ed6cf8
NF
4668DEFHOOK
4669(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4670 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4671with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4672@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4673 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4674 default_function_arg_boundary)
4675
123148b5
BS
4676DEFHOOK
4677(function_arg_round_boundary,
4678 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4679which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4680return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4681value.",
ef4bddc2 4682 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4683 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4684
38f8b050
JR
4685/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4686 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4687DEFHOOK
4688(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4689 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4690illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4691with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4692 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4693 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4694
4695/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4696 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4697DEFHOOK
4698(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4699 "\n\
4700Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4701returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4702representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4703representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4704function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4705compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4706Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4707a function returns a value.\n\
4708\n\
4709On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4710(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4711place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4712@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4713The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4714multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4715@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4716location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4717the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4718that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4719port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4720@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4721\n\
4722If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4723the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4724@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4725\n\
4726If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4727node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4728pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4729convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4730known.\n\
4731\n\
4732Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4733which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4734the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4735different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4736\n\
4737@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4738aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4739@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4740 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4741 default_function_value)
4742
d5e254e1
IE
4743/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4744DEFHOOK
4745(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4746 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4747returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4748@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4749 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4750 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4751
38f8b050
JR
4752/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4753 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4754DEFHOOK
4755(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4756 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4757function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4758\n\
4759The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4760library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4761representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4762\n\
4763If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4764 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4765 default_libcall_value)
4766
4767/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4768 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4769DEFHOOK
4770(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4771 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4772register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4773\n\
4774A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4775second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4776recognized by this target hook.\n\
4777\n\
4778If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4779function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4780should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4781\n\
4782If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4783 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4784 default_function_value_regno_p)
4785
4786/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4787DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4788(internal_arg_pointer,
4789"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4790 current function.",
4791 rtx, (void),
4792 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4793
4794/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4795DEFHOOK
4796(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4797 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4798necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4799 void, (void), NULL)
4800
4801/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4802 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4803DEFHOOK
4804(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4805 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4806different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4807argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4808is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4809 rtx, (void), NULL)
4810
4811/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4812 stack. */
4813DEFHOOK
4814(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4815 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4816arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4817stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4818debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4819@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4820cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4821to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4822false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4823 bool, (void),
4824 hook_bool_void_true)
4825
c21df29b
RH
4826/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4827 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4828DEFHOOK
4829(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4830 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4831targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4832nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4833attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4834those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4835\n\
4836The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4837\n\
4838If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4839provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4840Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4841from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4842will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4843@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4844@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4845@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4846The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4847@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4848to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4849 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4850 default_static_chain)
4851
4852/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4853 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4854DEFHOOK
4855(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4856 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4857@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4858is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4859RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4860when it is called.\n\
4861\n\
4862If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4863first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4864from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4865Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4866trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4867to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4868\n\
4869If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4870enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4871initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4872 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4873 default_trampoline_init)
4874
4875/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4876DEFHOOK
4877(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4878 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4879the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4880memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4881the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4882address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4883be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4884If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4885 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4886
4c640e26
EB
4887DEFHOOKPOD
4888(custom_function_descriptors,
4889 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4890from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4891standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4892stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4893code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4894if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4895like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4896eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4897it to be made executable.\n\
4898\n\
4899The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4900scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4901gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4902with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4903already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4904 int, -1)
4905
38f8b050
JR
4906/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4907 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4908 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4909/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4910DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4911(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4912 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4913a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4914and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4915\n\
4916@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4917the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4918@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4919From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4920\n\
4921@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4922describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4923@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4924From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4925arguments (if known).\n\
4926\n\
4927When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4928will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4929you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4930by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4931a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4932in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4933\n\
4934@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4935stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4936argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4937\n\
4938On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4939of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4940calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4941the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4942convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4943arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4944nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4945@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4946number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4947 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4948 default_return_pops_args)
4949
ffa88471
SE
4950/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4951 returned. */
4952DEFHOOK
4953(get_raw_result_mode,
4954 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4955 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4956 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4957 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4958 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4959
4960/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4961 passed. */
4962DEFHOOK
4963(get_raw_arg_mode,
4964 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4965 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4966 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4967 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4968 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4969
38f8b050
JR
4970HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4971
bcb21886
KY
4972DEFHOOK
4973(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4974 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4975for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4976 bool, (void),
4977 hook_bool_void_false)
4978
4979DEFHOOK
4980(init_pic_reg,
4981 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4982This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4983 void, (void),
4984 hook_void_void)
4985
38f8b050
JR
4986/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4987 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4988DEFHOOK
4989(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4990 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4991invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4992if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4993 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4994 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4995
4996/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4997 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4998DEFHOOK
4999(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
5000 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5001invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5002@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5003if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
5004 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5005 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5006
5007/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5008 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5009DEFHOOK
5010(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
5011 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5012invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5013and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5014the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
5015 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5016 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5017
38f8b050
JR
5018/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5019 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5020 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5021DEFHOOK
5022(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
5023 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5024@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5025analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5026front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5027target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5028This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
5029 tree, (const_tree type),
5030 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5031
5032/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5033 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5034 the standard conversion rules. */
5035DEFHOOK
5036(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
5037 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5038@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5039or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5040This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5041conversion rules.\n\
5042This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
5043 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5044 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5045
5074a1f8
VM
5046/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5047DEFHOOK
5048(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5049 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
31e2b5a3 5050 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5074a1f8
VM
5051 \n\
5052 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
31e2b5a3 5053 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5074a1f8
VM
5054 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5055
55a2c322
VM
5056/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5057DEFHOOK
5058(lra_p,
5059 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
55a2c322 5060 \
f37cb70b 5061 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
48975b3d 5062 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
55a2c322
VM
5063 bool, (void),
5064 default_lra_p)
5065
5066/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5067DEFHOOK
5068(register_priority,
5069 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5070 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5071 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5072 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5073 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5074 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5075 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5076 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5077 \
5078 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5079 int, (int),
5080 default_register_priority)
5081
3b9ceb4b
VM
5082/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5083DEFHOOK
5084(register_usage_leveling_p,
5085 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5086 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5087 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5088 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5089 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5090 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5091 optimizations.\
5092 \
5093 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5094 bool, (void),
5095 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5096
55a2c322
VM
5097/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5098DEFHOOK
5099(different_addr_displacement_p,
5100 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5101 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5102 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5103 the insn.\
5104 \
5105 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5106 bool, (void),
5107 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5108
5109/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5110 instead of memory. */
5111DEFHOOK
5112(spill_class,
5113 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5114 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5115 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5116 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 5117 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
5118 NULL)
5119
e93f30a6
VM
5120/* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5121DEFHOOK
5122(additional_allocno_class_p,
5123 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5124 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5125 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5126 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5127 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5128 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5129 bool, (reg_class_t),
5130 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5131
42e37616
DM
5132DEFHOOK
5133(cstore_mode,
5134 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5135 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5136 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5137 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5138 patterns.",
7cc237a6 5139 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
5140 default_cstore_mode)
5141
b4ff394c
PH
5142/* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5143 classes to use. */
5144DEFHOOK
5145(compute_pressure_classes,
5146 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5147 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5148 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5149 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5150 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5151
d9886a9e
L
5152/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5153 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5154DEFHOOK
5155(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
5156 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5157be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5158\n\
5159If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5160mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5161case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5162retain the field's mode.\n\
5163\n\
5164Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 5165 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
5166 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5167
e72531b9
PK
5168/* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5169 that gate the divod transform. */
5170DEFHOOK
5171(expand_divmod_libfunc,
5172 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5173hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5174 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5175 NULL)
5176
38f8b050
JR
5177/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5178DEFHOOK
5179(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
5180 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5181from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5182@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5183from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5184term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5185directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5186register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5187destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5188source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5189reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5190and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5191intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5192\n\
5193Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5194allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5195register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5196address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5197when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5198as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5199that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5200describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5201these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5202of the scratch register(s).\n\
5203\n\
5204In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5205\n\
5206For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5207and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5208@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5209hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5210needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5211\n\
5212If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5213an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5214return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5215If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5216If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5217that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5218\n\
5219If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5220perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5221closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5222required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5223copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5224\n\
5225You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5226in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5227and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5228for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5229single-register-class\n\
5230@c [later: or memory]\n\
5231output constraint.\n\
5232\n\
5233When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5234hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5235register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5236have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5237\n\
5238@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5239@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5240@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5241@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5242@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5243@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5244@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5245@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5246\n\
5247\n\
5248@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5249pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5250Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5251in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5252\n\
5253Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5254currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5255to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5256\n\
5257@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5258copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5259(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5260Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5261of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5262forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 5263 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 5264 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
5265 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5266 default_secondary_reload)
5267
fba42e24
AS
5268/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5269 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5270DEFHOOK
5271(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5272 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5273to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5274@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5275another, smaller class.\n\
5276\n\
5277The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5278\n\
5279Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5280example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5281for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5282@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5283Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5284\n\
5285One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5286@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5287loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5288force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5289immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5290instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5291register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5292@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5293into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5294@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5295of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5296\n\
5297If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5298through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5299to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5300reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5301this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5302the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
5303 reg_class_t,
5304 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5305 default_preferred_reload_class)
5306
abd26bfb
AS
5307/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5308 input reloads. */
5309DEFHOOK
5310(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5311 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5312input reloads.\n\
5313\n\
5314The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5315argument.\n\
5316\n\
5317You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5318reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5319 reg_class_t,
5320 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5321 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5322
07b8f0a8
AS
5323DEFHOOK
5324(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5325 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5326to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5327registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5328\n\
5329The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5330has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5331default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5332i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5333can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5334\n\
5335This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5336transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5337pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5338 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5339 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5340
a8c44c52
AS
5341/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5342 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5343DEFHOOK
5344(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5345 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5346of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5347\n\
c43f4279
RS
5348This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5349In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
673c2f63 5350@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
c43f4279 5351@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
673c2f63
JM
5352values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5353\n\
5354This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5355in the reload pass.\n\
5356\n\
5357The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5358in words.",
ef4bddc2 5359 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5360 default_class_max_nregs)
5361
5f286f4a
YQ
5362DEFHOOK
5363(preferred_rename_class,
5364 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5365 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5366 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5367 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5368 is not implemented.\
5369 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5370 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5371 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5372 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5373 be reduced.",
5374 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5375 default_preferred_rename_class)
5376
d6220b11
KK
5377/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5378 during register allocation. */
5379DEFHOOK
5380(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5381 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5382substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5383register allocation.\n\
5384The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5385On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5386machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5387as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5388 bool, (rtx subst),
5389 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5390
14133a4d
KK
5391/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5392 displacement addressing. */
5393DEFHOOK
5394(legitimize_address_displacement,
5395 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5396legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5397at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5398The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5399This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5400addressing.",
5401 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5402 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5403
38f8b050
JR
5404/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5405 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5406DEFHOOK
5407(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5408 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5409to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5410For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5411for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5412registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5413usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5414 void, (void),
5415 hook_void_void)
5416
5417/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5418 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5419 but will be later. */
5420DEFHOOK
5421(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5422 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5423that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5424 void, (void),
5425 hook_void_void)
5426
c43f4279
RS
5427DEFHOOK
5428(hard_regno_nregs,
5429 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5430at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5431@var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5432cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5433@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS}\n\
5434instead.\n\
5435\n\
5436The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5437 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5438 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5439
f939c3e6
RS
5440DEFHOOK
5441(hard_regno_mode_ok,
5442 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5443of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5444registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5445unconditionally.\n\
5446\n\
5447You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5448because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5449\n\
5450@cindex register pairs\n\
5451On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5452register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5453odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5454\n\
5455The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5456@samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5457register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5458value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5459\n\
5460Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5461all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5462this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5463patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5464useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
99e1629f
RS
5465and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5466modes to be tieable.\n\
f939c3e6
RS
5467\n\
5468Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5469Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5470in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5471can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5472mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5473registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5474\n\
5475On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5476modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5477registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5478non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5479@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5480floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5481normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5482unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5483register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5484\n\
5485The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5486they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5487instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5488@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5489constraints for those instructions.\n\
5490\n\
5491On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5492so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5493register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5494floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5495be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5496 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5497 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5498
99e1629f
RS
5499DEFHOOK
5500(modes_tieable_p,
5501 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5502in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5503\n\
5504If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5505@code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5506the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5507@code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5508should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5509this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5510accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5511\n\
5512You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5513possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5514allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5515 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5516 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5517
38f8b050
JR
5518/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5519 in peephole2. */
5520DEFHOOK
5521(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5522 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5523@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5524\n\
5525One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5526is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5527\n\
5528The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5529 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5530 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5531
80ec73f4
RS
5532DEFHOOK
5533(hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5534 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5535partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5536clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5537preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5538return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5539\n\
5540The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5541for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5542 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5543 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5544
38f8b050
JR
5545/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5546 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5547DEFHOOK
5548(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5549 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5550is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5551The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5552five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5553 unsigned int, (void),
5554 default_case_values_threshold)
5555
29eb9a44
BE
5556/* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5557DEFHOOK
5558(compute_frame_layout,
5559 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5560recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5561be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5562layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5563for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5564this callback is optional.",
5565 void, (void),
5566 hook_void_void)
5567
53680238 5568/* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
38f8b050
JR
5569DEFHOOK
5570(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5571 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5572a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5573value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5574\n\
5575This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5576according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5577constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5578to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5579Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5580pointer.\n\
5581\n\
5582In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5583without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5584automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
53680238 5585@code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
673c2f63
JM
5586them.\n\
5587\n\
5588In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5589register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5590fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5591\n\
5592Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5593 bool, (void),
5594 hook_bool_void_false)
5595
5596/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5597 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5598DEFHOOK
5599(can_eliminate,
53680238 5600 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
673c2f63 5601try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
53680238
BE
5602@var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5603cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
673c2f63
JM
5604knows about.\n\
5605\n\
5606Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5607 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5608 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5609
5efd84c5
NF
5610/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5611 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5612 target. */
5613DEFHOOK
5614(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5615 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5616@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5617@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5618any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
527a3750 5619of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
673c2f63
JM
5620@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5621@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5622called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5623@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5624from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5625@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5626@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5627@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5628command options have been applied.\n\
5629\n\
5630@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5631@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5632If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5633flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5634@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5635registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5636@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5637that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5638\n\
5639(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5640of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5641controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5642these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5643 void, (void),
5644 hook_void_void)
5645
38f8b050
JR
5646/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5647#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5648#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5649HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5650
5651/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5652DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5653(mode_for_suffix,
5654"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5655 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5656 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5657 default_mode_for_suffix)
5658
42e02b20
JG
5659DEFHOOK
5660(excess_precision,
2dbe91cf
JG
5661 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5662 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5663 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
42e02b20
JG
5664 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5665 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5666 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5667 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5668 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5669 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5670 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5671 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
2dbe91cf
JG
5672 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5673 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5674 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5675 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5676 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
42e02b20
JG
5677 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5678 default_excess_precision)
5679
38f8b050
JR
5680HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5681
5682/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5683#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5684#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5685HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5686
5687/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5688DEFHOOK
5689(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5690 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5691These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5692default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5693 tree, (void),
5694 default_cxx_guard_type)
5695
5696/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5697DEFHOOK
5698(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5699 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5700@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5701@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5702 bool, (void),
5703 hook_bool_void_false)
5704
5705/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5706DEFHOOK
5707(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5708 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5709whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5710known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5711@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5712IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5713 tree, (tree type),
5714 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5715
5716/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5717DEFHOOK
5718(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5719 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5720array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5721 bool, (void),
5722 hook_bool_void_false)
5723
5724/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5725 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5726DEFHOOK
5727(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5728 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5729class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5730will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5731to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5732modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5733backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5734 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5735
5736/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5737DEFHOOK
5738(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5739 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5740the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5741@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5742 bool, (void),
5743 hook_bool_void_false)
5744
5745/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5746 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5747 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5748DEFHOOK
5749(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5750 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5751which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5752table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5753Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5754the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5755some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5756method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5757 bool, (void),
5758 hook_bool_void_true)
5759
5760DEFHOOK
5761(determine_class_data_visibility,
5762"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5763 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5764 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5765 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5766 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5767 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5768 void, (tree decl),
5769 hook_void_tree)
5770
5771/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5772 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5773 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5774 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5775 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5776DEFHOOK
5777(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5778 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5779similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5780external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5781classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5782unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5783 bool, (void),
5784 hook_bool_void_true)
5785
5786/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5787 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5788 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5789DEFHOOK
5790(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5791 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5792the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5793be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5794 bool, (void),
5795 hook_bool_void_true)
5796
5797/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5798 destructors. */
5799DEFHOOK
5800(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5801 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5802should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5803is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5804 bool, (void),
5805 hook_bool_void_false)
5806
5807/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5808 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5809DEFHOOK
5810(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5811 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5812in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5813destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5814shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5815unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5816 bool, (void),
5817 hook_bool_void_false)
5818
5819DEFHOOK
5820(adjust_class_at_definition,
5821"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5822 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5823 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5824 void, (tree type),
5825 hook_void_tree)
5826
5b880ea6
RO
5827DEFHOOK
5828(decl_mangling_context,
5829 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5830 tree, (const_tree decl),
5831 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5832
38f8b050
JR
5833HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5834
5835/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5836#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5837#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5838HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5839
5840/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5841DEFHOOKPOD
5842(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5843 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5844object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5845emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5846 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5847
5848DEFHOOKPOD
5849(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5850 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5851program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5852initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5853have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5854registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5855 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5856
5857/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5858DEFHOOKPOD
5859(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5860 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5861be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5862any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5863 const char *, NULL)
5864
5865DEFHOOKPOD
5866(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5867 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5868placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5869section.",
38f8b050
JR
5870 const char *, NULL)
5871
5872/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5873DEFHOOKPOD
5874(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5875 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5876The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5877 const char *, NULL)
5878
5879DEFHOOKPOD
5880(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5881 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5882default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5883 const char *, NULL)
5884
5885/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5886DEFHOOK
5887(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5888 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5889object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5890@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5891@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5892for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5893 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5894 default_emutls_var_fields)
5895
5896/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5897DEFHOOK
5898(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5899 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5900TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5901is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5902initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5903 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5904 default_emutls_var_init)
5905
5906/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5907 proxy variable. */
5908DEFHOOKPOD
5909(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5910 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5911fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5912single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5913 bool, false)
5914
5915/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5916DEFHOOKPOD
5917(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5918 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5919may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5920 bool, false)
5921
5922HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5923
5924#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5925#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5926HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5927
7aa7f2e3
SL
5928/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5929 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5930 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5931DEFHOOK
5932(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5933 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5934allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5935These function-specific options may differ\n\
5936from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5937@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5938\n\
5939The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5940the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5941@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5942 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5943 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5944
5945/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5946DEFHOOK
5947(save,
673c2f63
JM
5948 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5949in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5950options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5951@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5952 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5953
5954/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5955 structure. */
5956DEFHOOK
5957(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5958 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5959information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5960function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5961 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5962
59913123
JJ
5963/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5964 streamed in. */
5965DEFHOOK
5966(post_stream_in,
5967 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5968@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5969LTO bytecode.",
5970 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5971
38f8b050
JR
5972/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5973 structure. */
5974DEFHOOK
5975(print,
673c2f63
JM
5976 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5977information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5978function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5979 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5980
7aa7f2e3 5981/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5982 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5983 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5984 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5985DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5986(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5987 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5988sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5989input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5990@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5991 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5992 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5993
5994/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5995DEFHOOK
5996(override,
673c2f63
JM
5997 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5998a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5999@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6000once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6001\n\
6002Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6003@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6004\n\
6005If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6006changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6007@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 6008 void, (void),
c5387660 6009 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 6010
3649b9b7
ST
6011/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6012 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6013 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6014 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6015DEFHOOK
6016(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
6017 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6018versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6019versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6020different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6021different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
6022 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6023 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6024
38f8b050
JR
6025/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6026#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6027#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6028DEFHOOK
6029(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
6030 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6031cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6032default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6033specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
6034 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6035 default_target_can_inline_p)
6036
63b0cb04
CB
6037DEFHOOK
6038(relayout_function,
6039"This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6040 void, (tree fndecl),
6041 hook_void_tree)
6042
38f8b050
JR
6043HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6044
6045/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6046 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6047 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6048DEFHOOK
6049(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
6050 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6051function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6052cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6053registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6054TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6055FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
6056 void, (bitmap regs),
6057 hook_void_bitmap)
6058
aaeaa9a9 6059/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
6060 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6061 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
6062DEFHOOKPOD
6063(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
6064 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6065clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6066That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6067linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6068modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6069in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6070The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 6071is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
6072 bool,
6073 false)
6074
ee3d2ecd
JJ
6075/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6076DEFHOOK
6077(set_up_by_prologue,
6078 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6079 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6080 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6081 NULL)
6082
d45eae79
SL
6083/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6084 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6085 function attribute. */
6086DEFHOOK
6087(warn_func_return,
6088 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6089 bool, (tree),
6090 hook_bool_tree_true)
6091
20a6ece0
SB
6092#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6093#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6094HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6095
6096DEFHOOK
6097(get_separate_components,
6098 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6099components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6100Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6101shrink-wrapping.\n\
6102Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6103If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6104 sbitmap, (void),
6105 NULL)
6106
6107DEFHOOK
6108(components_for_bb,
6109 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6110components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6111the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6112 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6113 NULL)
6114
6115DEFHOOK
6116(disqualify_components,
6117 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6118components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6119@var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6120epilogue instead.",
6121 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6122 NULL)
6123
6124DEFHOOK
6125(emit_prologue_components,
6126 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6127 void, (sbitmap),
6128 NULL)
6129
6130DEFHOOK
6131(emit_epilogue_components,
6132 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6133 void, (sbitmap),
6134 NULL)
6135
6136DEFHOOK
6137(set_handled_components,
6138 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6139@code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6140components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6141will be deleted after this call.",
6142 void, (sbitmap),
6143 NULL)
6144
6145HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6146#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6147#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6148
f0a0390e
RH
6149/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6150DEFHOOK
6151(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
6152 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6153unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6154@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6155return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6156\n\
6157A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6158is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6159\n\
6160A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6161This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
6162 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6163 default_debug_unwind_info)
6164
c354951b
AK
6165/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6166 defined at this time. */
6167DEFHOOK
6168(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
6169 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6170convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6171does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6172comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6173\n\
6174On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6175@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6176are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6177@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6178allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6179in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6180allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6181\n\
6182GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6183valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6184@file{md} file.\n\
6185\n\
6186You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6187comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
6188 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6189 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6190
894d8b41
EB
6191DEFHOOK
6192(min_arithmetic_precision,
6193 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6194maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6195arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6196\n\
6197On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6198using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6199of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6200\n\
6201More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6202compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6203with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6204\n\
6205You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6206defined to 1.",
6207 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6208
57c5ab1b
RH
6209DEFHOOKPOD
6210(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6211 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6212 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6213 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6214 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 6215
fceec4d3
AM
6216/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6217 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6218 as needed. */
6219DEFHOOK
6220(atomic_align_for_mode,
6221"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6222 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6223 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 6224 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
6225 hook_uint_mode_0)
6226
267bac10
JM
6227DEFHOOK
6228(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6229"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6230 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6231 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6232 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6233 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6234 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6235 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6236 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6237 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6238 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6239 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6240 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6241 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6242 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6243 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6244 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6245 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6246
38f8b050
JR
6247/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6248
38f8b050
JR
6249/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6250 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6251DEFHOOKPOD
6252(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
6253 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6254section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6255This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
6256 bool, false)
6257
6258/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6259 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6260DEFHOOKPOD
6261(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
6262 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6263collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6264It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
6265 bool, false)
6266
6267/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6268DEFHOOKPOD
6269(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
6270 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6271The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6272 bool, false)
6273
6274/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6275DEFHOOKPOD
6276(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
6277 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6278``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
6279 bool, false)
6280
6281/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6282DEFHOOKPOD
6283(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
6284 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6285end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6286Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6287true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
6288 bool, true)
6289
6290/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6291DEFHOOKPOD
6292(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
6293 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6294printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6295@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6296to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6297definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6298assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6299whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6300\n\
6301The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6302verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6303comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
6304 bool, false)
6305
6306/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6307 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6308DEFHOOKPOD
6309(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
6310 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6311for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6312@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6313this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 6314 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
6315
6316/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6317 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6318DEFHOOKPOD
6319(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
6320 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6321based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6322the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6323running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
6324 bool, false)
6325
9730bc27
TT
6326DEFHOOKPOD
6327(want_debug_pub_sections,
6328 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6329 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6330 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6331 bool, false)
6332
2ba42841 6333DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6334(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6335This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6336bool, false)
6337
6338DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 6339(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
6340This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6341bool, false)
6342
a50fa76a
BS
6343DEFHOOKPOD
6344(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6345following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6346targets.",
6347bool, false)
6348
38f8b050
JR
6349/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6350
06b90602
CB
6351/* Functions related to mode switching. */
6352#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6353#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6354HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6355
6356DEFHOOK
6357(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
6358 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6359 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6360
6361DEFHOOK
6362(needed,
cbb1e3d9 6363 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 6364 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6365
6366DEFHOOK
6367(after,
6368 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 6369 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
6370
6371DEFHOOK
6372(entry,
6373 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6374 int, (int entity), NULL)
6375
6376DEFHOOK
6377(exit,
6378 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6379 int, (int entity), NULL)
6380
6381DEFHOOK
6382(priority,
6383 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6384 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6385
6386HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6387
4bccb39e
RS
6388#undef HOOK_PREFIX
6389#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6390
6391#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6392 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6393#include "target-insns.def"
6394#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6395
6396#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6397 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6398#include "target-insns.def"
6399#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6400
8684d89d
RS
6401#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6402 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6403#include "target-insns.def"
6404#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6405
40af5894
DM
6406DEFHOOK
6407(run_target_selftests,
6408 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6409 void, (void),
6410 NULL)
6411
38f8b050
JR
6412/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6413HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 6414